blob: 91c3ac0fa729fcb011a8faaf51713c550e1ecc3c [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
147 /lib Architecture specific library files
148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
149 /cpu CPU specific files
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
161 /lib Architecture specific library files
162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
163 /cpu CPU specific files
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
173 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
175 /cpu CPU specific files
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
196 /lib Architecture specific library files
197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
198 /cpu CPU specific files
199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
201 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
203 /cpu CPU specific files
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500205/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
206/board Board dependent files
207/common Misc architecture independent functions
208/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
209/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
210/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400211/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500212/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
213/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
214/include Header Files
215/lib Files generic to all architectures
216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
219/net Networking code
220/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400221/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500222/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224Software Configuration:
225=======================
226
227Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
228rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
229
230There are two classes of configuration variables:
231
232* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
234 "CONFIG_".
235
236* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200239 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000240
241Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
242identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
243do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
244links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
245as an example here.
246
247
248Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
249---------------------------------------------------
250
251For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
252configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
253
254Example: For a TQM823L module type:
255
256 cd u-boot
257 make TQM823L_config
258
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200259For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000260e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
261directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
262
263
264Configuration Options:
265----------------------
266
267Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
268such information is kept in a configuration file
269"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
270
271Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
272"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
273
274
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000275Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
276kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
277build a config tool - later.
278
279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000280The following options need to be configured:
281
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000283
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500284- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200285
286- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000288
289- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
290 Define exactly one of
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
292--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
295
296- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
297 Define exactly one of
298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
299
300- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
301 Define one or more of
302 CONFIG_CMA302
303
304- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
305 Define one or more of
306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200307 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
309
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000310- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
312 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000317
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530318- Marvell Family Member
319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
320 multiple fs option at one time
321 for marvell soc family
322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000324 Define exactly one of
325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
404 requred during NOR boot.
405
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
414
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
417 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
418
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
421 connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
425
York Suncb930712013-06-25 11:37:41 -0700426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
427 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
428 deskew training are not available.
429
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100436- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200437 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438
439 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
440 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
441 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200443 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200444
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100445 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
446 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200447 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100448 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200450- MIPS CPU options:
451 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
452
453 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
454 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
455 relocation.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
458
459 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
460 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
461 Possible values are:
462 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
463 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
464 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
466 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
472
473 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
474 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
475
476 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
477
478 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
479 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
480 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
481
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000482- ARM options:
483 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
484
485 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
486 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
487
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000488 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
489
490 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
491 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
492 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
493 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
494 GCC.
495
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000496 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000497 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
500
501 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
502 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
503 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
504 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
505 set these options unless they apply!
506
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000507- CPU timer options:
508 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
509
510 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
511 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
512 option must be set to 1000.
513
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000514- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000515 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
516
517 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
518 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
519 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
520 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
521 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
522 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
523 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000524 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100525 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 default environment.
527
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000528 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
529
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200530 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000531 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
532 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
533
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400534 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200535
536 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400537 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
538 concepts).
539
540 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
541 * New libfdt-based support
542 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500543 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400544
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200545 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
546 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
547 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200549 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600550 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200552 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
553 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500554
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600555 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
556
557 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
558 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000559
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500560 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
561
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200562 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500563 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
564
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200565 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
566
567 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
568 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
569 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
570 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
571 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
572 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
573
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000574 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
575
576 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
577 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
578 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
579 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
580 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
581 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
582 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
583
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100584- vxWorks boot parameters:
585
586 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
587 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
588 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
589
590 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
591 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
596
597 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
598
599 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
600 the defaults discussed just above.
601
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000602- Cache Configuration:
603 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
604 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
605 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
606
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000607- Cache Configuration for ARM:
608 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
609 controller
610 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
611 controller register space
612
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000613- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200614 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615
616 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
617
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200618 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000619
620 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
621
622 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
623
624 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
625 the clock speed of the UARTs.
626
627 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
628
629 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
630 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
631 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
632
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000633 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
634
635 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
636 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
637 this variable to initialize the extra register.
638
639 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
640
641 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
642 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
643 variable to flush the UART at init time.
644
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000645
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000647 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
648 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
649 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
650 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000651
652 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
653 port routines must be defined elsewhere
654 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
655
656 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
657 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000658 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000659 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
660 (default big endian)
661 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
662 rectangle fill
663 (cf. smiLynxEM)
664 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
665 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
667 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
669 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000670 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
671 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000672 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
674 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
675 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
676 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
677 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_getc)
679 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
680 (requires blink timer
681 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200682 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000683 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
684 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500685 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000686 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
687 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
689 linux_logo.h for logo.
690 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200692 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 the logo
694
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000695 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
696 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
697 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
698
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000699 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
700 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
701 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000703 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
704 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
705 the "silent" environment variable. See
706 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000707
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200708 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
709 is 0x00.
710 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
711 is 0xa0.
712
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713- Console Baudrate:
714 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
715 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200716 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
717 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000718
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100719- Console Rx buffer length
720 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
721 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100722 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100723 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
724 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
725 the SMC.
726
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000727- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200728 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
729 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
730 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
731 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
732 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
733 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
734 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200735 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200736 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200738 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
739 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000740
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000741- Safe printf() functions
742 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
743 the printf() functions. These are defined in
744 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
745 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
746 If this option is not given then these functions will
747 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
748 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
751 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
752 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000753 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
754 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755
756 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
757 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
758 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
759 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
763 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
764 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
765 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
766 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
767 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
768
769- Autoboot Command:
770 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
771 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
772 define a command string that is automatically executed
773 when no character is read on the console interface
774 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
775
776 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000777 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
778 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
779 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000780
781 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000782 The value of these goes into the environment as
783 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
784 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200785 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000786
787- Pre-Boot Commands:
788 CONFIG_PREBOOT
789
790 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
791 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
792 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
793 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
794 entering interactive mode.
795
796 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
797 automatically generated or modified. For an example
798 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
799 modified when the user holds down a certain
800 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
801 booting the systems
802
803- Serial Download Echo Mode:
804 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
805 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
806 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
807 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
808 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
809 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
810 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
811
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500812- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
814 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200815 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000816
817- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500818 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
819 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000820 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
821 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 and augmenting with additional #define's
823 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 The default command configuration includes all commands
826 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000827
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500829 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
830 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
831 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
832 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
833 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
834 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
835 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
838 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
839 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
841 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
842 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
843 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
845 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
848 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600849 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600850 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000852 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
853 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000856 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
858 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
859 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200860 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000864 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
866 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
867 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
868 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000869 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200870 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500872 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500874 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
875 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
876 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
877 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200878 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000879 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
880 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500881 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
882 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200883 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400884 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000887 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200888 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
890 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
891 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100892 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500893 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
894 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200895 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600896 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000897 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
899 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
900 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
901 host
902 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500904 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
905 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000906 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500907 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
908 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
909 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
910 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
911 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
912 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700913 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200914 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400915 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800916 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200917 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500918 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000919 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000920 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000921 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
922 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500924 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000925 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200926 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
929 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
930 support you can write:
931
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
933 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400935 Other Commands:
936 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937
938 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000940 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
941 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
942 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
943 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
944 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
945 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946
947
948 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
949
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000950- Regular expression support:
951 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200952 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
953 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
954 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
955 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000956
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000957- Device tree:
958 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
959 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
960 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
961 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
962 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
963 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
964
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000965 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
966 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000967
968 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
969 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
970 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
971 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
972 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
973 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000974
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000975 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
976 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
977 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
978 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
979
980 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
981
982 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
983 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
984 still use the individual files if you need something more
985 exotic.
986
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000987- Watchdog:
988 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
989 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000990 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
991 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
992 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
993 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
994 available, then no further board specific code should
995 be needed to use it.
996
997 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
998 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
999 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1000 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001001
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001002- U-Boot Version:
1003 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1004 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1005 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1006 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001007 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1008 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001009
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010- Real-Time Clock:
1011
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001012 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1014 following options:
1015
1016 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1017 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001019 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001021 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001022 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001023 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001024 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001025 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001026 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001027 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1028 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001029
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001030 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1031 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1032
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001033- GPIO Support:
1034 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1035 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1036
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001037 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1038 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1039 pins supported by a particular chip.
1040
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001041 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1042 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044- Timestamp Support:
1045
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001046 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1047 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1048 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001049 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001050
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001051- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1052 Zero or more of the following:
1053 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1054 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1055 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1056 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1057 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1058 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1059 disk/part_efi.c
1060 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001061
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001062 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1063 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001064 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001065
1066- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001067 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1068 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001070 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1071 be performed by calling the function
1072 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1073 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074
1075- ATAPI Support:
1076 CONFIG_ATAPI
1077
1078 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1079
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001080- LBA48 Support
1081 CONFIG_LBA48
1082
1083 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001084 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001085 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1086 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001088 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001089 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1090 Default is 32bit.
1091
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001092- SCSI Support:
1093 At the moment only there is only support for the
1094 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1095 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1096
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001097 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1098 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1099 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1101 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001102 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001103
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001104 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1105 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001106
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001108 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001109 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1110
1111 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1112 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1113 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1114 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1115
1116 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1117 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1118 example with the "sspi" command.
1119
1120 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1121 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1122 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001123
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001124 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001125 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001126
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001127 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1128 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001129 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001130 write routine for first time initialisation.
1131
1132 CONFIG_TULIP
1133 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1134 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1135 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1136
1137 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1138 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1139
1140 CONFIG_NS8382X
1141 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1142
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001143- NETWORK Support (other):
1144
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001145 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1146 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1147
1148 CONFIG_RMII
1149 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1150
1151 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1152 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1153 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1154
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001155 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1156 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1157
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001158 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001159 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1160
1161 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1162 Define this to hold the physical address
1163 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1164
1165 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1166 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1167
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001168 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001169 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1170
1171 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1172 Define this to hold the physical address
1173 of the device (I/O space)
1174
1175 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1176 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1177
1178 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1179 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1180 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1181
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001182 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1183 Support for davinci emac
1184
1185 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1186 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1187
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001188 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1189 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1190
1191 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1192 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1193 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1194 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1195 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1196 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1197 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1198 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1199
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001200 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001201 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1202
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001203 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001204 Define this to hold the physical address
1205 of the device (I/O space)
1206
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001207 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001208 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1209
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001210 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001211 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1212 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001213 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001214
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001215 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1216 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1217
1218 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1219 Define the number of ports to be used
1220
1221 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1222 Define the ETH PHY's address
1223
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001224 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1225 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1226
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001227- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM
1229 Support TPM devices.
1230
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001231 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1232 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1233 per system is supported at this time.
1234
1235 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1236 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1237
1238 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1239 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1240
1241 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1242 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1243
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001244 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1245 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1246
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001247 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001248 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1249 per system is supported at this time.
1250
1251 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1252 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1253 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1254 0xfed40000.
1255
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001256 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1257 Add tpm monitor functions.
1258 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1259 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1260
1261 CONFIG_TPM
1262 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1263 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1264 Requires support for a TPM device.
1265
1266 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1267 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1268 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1269
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270- USB Support:
1271 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001272 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001273 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1274 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001275 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001276 storage devices.
1277 Note:
1278 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1279 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001280 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1281 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1282 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001283 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1284 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001285 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1286 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1287 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001288 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1289 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001290 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001291 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1292 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001293
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001294 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1295 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1296
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001297 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1298 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1299
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001300- USB Device:
1301 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1302 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1303 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001304 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001305 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1306 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001307 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001308 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1309 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1310 a Linux host by
1311 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1312 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1313 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1314 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001315
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001316 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1317 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001318
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001319 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1320 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1321 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001322
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301323 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1324 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1325 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1326 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1327 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1328 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1329 speed.
1330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001331 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001332 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1333 be set to usbtty.
1334
1335 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001336 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001337 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001338 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001340 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001341 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001342 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001343
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001344 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001345 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001346 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001347 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1348 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1349 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1350
1351 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1352 Define this string as the name of your company for
1353 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001354
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001355 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1356 Define this string as the name of your product
1357 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1358
1359 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1360 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1361 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1362 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1363 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001364
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001365 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1366 Define this as the unique Product ID
1367 for your device
1368 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001369
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001370- ULPI Layer Support:
1371 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1372 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1373 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1374 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1375 viewport is supported.
1376 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1377 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001378 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1379 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1380 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001381
1382- MMC Support:
1383 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1384 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1385 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1386 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001387 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1388 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001389
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001390 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1391 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1392
1393 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1394 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1395
1396 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1397 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1398
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001399- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1400 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1401 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1402
1403 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1404 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1405 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1406 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1407 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1408
1409 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1410 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1411
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001412 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1413 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1414
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301415 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1416 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1417 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1418 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1419 one that would help mostly the developer.
1420
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001421 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1422 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1423 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1424 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1425 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1426
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001427 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1428 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1429 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1430 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1431 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1432 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1433
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001434- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1435 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1436 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1437 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001439 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1440 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001441 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001444 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1445 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1446
1447 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001448 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001449 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1450 have not defined a custom partition
1451
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001452- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1453 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001454
1455 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1456 file in FAT formatted partition.
1457
1458 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1459 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001460
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001461CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1462 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1463
1464 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1465 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1466 and cbfsload.
1467
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001468- Keyboard Support:
1469 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1470
1471 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1472 support
1473
1474 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1475 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1476 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1477 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1478 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1479
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001480 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1481 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1482 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1483 which provides key scans on request.
1484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001485- Video support:
1486 CONFIG_VIDEO
1487
1488 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1489 video).
1490
1491 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1492
1493 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1494
1495 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001496 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001497 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1498 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1499 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001500
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001501 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001502 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001503 are possible:
1504 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001505 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001506
1507 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1508 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1509 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1510 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1511 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1512 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1513 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001514 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1515
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001516 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001517 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001518
1519
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001520 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001521 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001522 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1523 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1524
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001525 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001526 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001527 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1528 support, and should also define these other macros:
1529
1530 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1531 CONFIG_VIDEO
1532 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1533 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1534 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1535 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1536 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1537 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1538
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001539 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1540 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1541 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1542 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001543
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001544 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1545
1546 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1547 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1548 driver.
1549
1550
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001551- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001552 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001553
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001554 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1555 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1556 defined in your board-specific files.
1557 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001558
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001559- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1560
1561 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1562 display); also select one of the supported displays
1563 by defining one of these:
1564
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001565 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1566
1567 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1568
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001569 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001570
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001571 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001572
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001573 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001574
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001575 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1576 Active, color, single scan.
1577
1578 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1579
1580 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001581 Active, color, single scan.
1582
1583 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1584
1585 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1586 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1587
1588 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1589
1590 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1591 Active, color, single scan.
1592
1593 CONFIG_HLD1045
1594
1595 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1596 Active, color, single scan.
1597
1598 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1599
1600 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1601 or
1602 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1603 or
1604 Hitachi SP14Q002
1605
1606 320x240. Black & white.
1607
1608 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001609 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001610
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001611 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1612
1613 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1614 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1615 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1616 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1617 a per-section basis.
1618
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001619 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1620
1621 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1622 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1623 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1624 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001625
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001626 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1627
1628 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1629
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001630 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1631
1632 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1633 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1634
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001635- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001636
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001637 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1638 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1639 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001640 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001641 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1642 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1643 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1644 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001645
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001646 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1647
1648 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1649 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1650 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1651 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1652 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1653 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1654 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1655 there is no need to set this option.
1656
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001657 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1658
1659 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1660 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1661 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1662 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1663 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1664 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1665
1666 Example:
1667 setenv splashpos m,m
1668 => image at center of screen
1669
1670 setenv splashpos 30,20
1671 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1672
1673 setenv splashpos -10,m
1674 => vertically centered image
1675 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1676
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001677- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1678
1679 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1680 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1681 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1682
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001683- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1684
1685 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1686 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1687 bmp command.
1688
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001689- Do compresssing for memory range:
1690 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1691
1692 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1693 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1694
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001695- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001696 CONFIG_GZIP
1697
1698 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1699
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001700 CONFIG_BZIP2
1701
1702 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1703 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1704 compressed images are supported.
1705
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001706 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001707 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001708 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001709
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001710 CONFIG_LZMA
1711
1712 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1713 images is included.
1714
1715 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1716 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1717 formula:
1718
1719 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1720
1721 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1722 and Literal pos bits.
1723
1724 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1725 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1726 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1727 a very small buffer.
1728
1729 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1730 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001731 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001732
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001733 CONFIG_LZO
1734
1735 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1736 is included.
1737
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001738- MII/PHY support:
1739 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1740
1741 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1742
1743 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1744
1745 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1746
1747 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1748
1749 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001750 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001751
1752 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1753
1754 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1755 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1756 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1757 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1758
1759 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1760
1761 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1762 command issued before MII status register can be read
1763
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764- Ethernet address:
1765 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001766 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001767 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1768 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001769 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1770 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001771
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001772 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1773 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001774 is not determined automatically.
1775
1776- IP address:
1777 CONFIG_IPADDR
1778
1779 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001780 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001781 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001782 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001783
1784- Server IP address:
1785 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1786
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001787 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001788 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001789 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001790
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001791 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1792
1793 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1794 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1795
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001796- Gateway IP address:
1797 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1798
1799 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1800 default router where packets to other networks are
1801 sent to.
1802 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1803
1804- Subnet mask:
1805 CONFIG_NETMASK
1806
1807 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1808 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1809 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1810 forwarded through a router.
1811 (Environment variable "netmask")
1812
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001813- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1814 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1815
1816 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1817 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001818 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001819 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1820 multicast group.
1821
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001822- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1823 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1824
1825 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1826 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1827 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1828 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1829 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1830 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1831 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1832 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001833 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001834
1835 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1836 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1837 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1838 4th and following
1839 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1840
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001841- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001842 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1843 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001844
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001845 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1846 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1847 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1848 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1849 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1850 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1851 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1852 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1853 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1854 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1855 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1856 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001857 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001858
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001859 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1860 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001861
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001862 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1863 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1864 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1865 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1866 is not available.
1867
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001868 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1869 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1870 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1871 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1872 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1873 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1874 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001875 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001876
1877 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1878 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1879 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001880 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001881 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1882 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001883
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001884 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1885
1886 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1887 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1888 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1889 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1890 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1891 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1892 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1893 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1894 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1895 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1896 this delay.
1897
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001898 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1899 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1900 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1901 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1902 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1903
1904 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1905
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001906 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001907 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001908
1909 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1910
1911 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1912
1913 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1914 of the device.
1915
1916 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1917
1918 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1919 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001920 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001921
1922 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1923
1924 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1925 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1926
1927 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1928
1929 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1930
1931 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1932
1933 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1934
1935 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1936
1937 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1938
1939 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1940
1941 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1942 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1943
1944 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1945
1946 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1947
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001948- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1949
1950 Several configurations allow to display the current
1951 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1952 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1953 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1954 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1955 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1956 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1957 feature in U-Boot.
1958
1959- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1960
1961 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1962 on those systems that support this (optional)
1963 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1964
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001965- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001966
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001967 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1968 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1969 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1970 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1971 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1972 interface.
1973
1974 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001975 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1976 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1977 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1978 for defining speed and slave address
1979 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1980 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1981 for defining speed and slave address
1982 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1983 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1984 for defining speed and slave address
1985 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1986 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1987 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001988
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001989 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1990 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1991 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1992 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1993 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1994 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001995 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001996 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1997 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1998 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1999 second bus.
2000
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002001 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002002 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2003 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2004 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002005
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002006 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2007 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2008 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2009 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2010
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002011 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2012 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2013 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2014 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2015 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2016 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2017 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2018 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2019 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2020 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2021
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002022 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2023 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2024 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2025
2026 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2027 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2028 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2029 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2030 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2031 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2032 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2033 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2034 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2035
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002036 additional defines:
2037
2038 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2039 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2040 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2041 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2042 omit this define.
2043
2044 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2045 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2046 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2047 omit this define.
2048
2049 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2050 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2051 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2052 define.
2053
2054 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2055 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2056 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2057 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2058 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2059
2060 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2061 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2062 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2063 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2064 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2065 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2066 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2067 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2068 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2069 }
2070
2071 which defines
2072 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002073 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2074 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2075 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2076 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2077 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002078 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002079 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2080 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002081
2082 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2083
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002084- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002085
2086 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2087 provides the following compelling advantages:
2088
2089 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2090 - approved multibus support
2091 - better i2c mux support
2092
2093 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2094
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002095 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2096 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2097 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002098
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002099 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002100 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002101 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2102 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002103 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002105 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002106
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002107 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002108 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002110 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002111 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002112 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002113 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002114
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002115 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002116 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002117 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2118 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2119 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002121 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2122
2123 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2124 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2125 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2126 commands until the slave device responds.
2127
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002128 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002129
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002130 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002131 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2132 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002133
2134 I2C_INIT
2135
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002136 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002137 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002139 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002140
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002141 I2C_PORT
2142
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002143 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2144 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2145 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146
2147 I2C_ACTIVE
2148
2149 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2150 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2151 define can be null.
2152
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002153 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2154
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155 I2C_TRISTATE
2156
2157 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2158 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2159 define can be null.
2160
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002161 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002163 I2C_READ
2164
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002165 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2166 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002167
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002168 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170 I2C_SDA(bit)
2171
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002172 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2173 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002174
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002175 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002176 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002177 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002179 I2C_SCL(bit)
2180
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002181 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2182 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002183
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002184 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002185 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002186 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002187
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188 I2C_DELAY
2189
2190 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2191 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002192 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002193 like:
2194
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002195 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002196
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002197 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2198
2199 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2200 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2201 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2202 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2203
2204 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2205 the generic GPIO functions.
2206
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002207 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002208
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002209 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2210 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2211 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2212 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2213 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2214 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2215 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2216 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002217
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002218 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2219
2220 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2221 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2222 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2223 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2224 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2225 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2226 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2227 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2228
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002229 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2230
2231 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2232 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2233 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2234
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002235 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2236
2237 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002238 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2239 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002240 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002242 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002243
2244 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002245 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002246 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2247 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002248
2249 e.g.
2250 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002251 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002252
2253 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2254
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002255 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002256 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002257
2258 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002260 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002261
2262 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2263 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002265 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002266
2267 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2268 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002270 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002271
2272 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2273 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002275 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002276
2277 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2278 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2279 specified DTT device.
2280
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002281 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2282
2283 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2284 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2285 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2286 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2287 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2288 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2289 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002290
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2292
2293 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2294 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2295 D/As on the SACSng board)
2296
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002297 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2298
2299 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2300 only SH7757 is supported.
2301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302 CONFIG_SPI_X
2303
2304 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2305 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2306
2307 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2308
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002309 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2310 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2311 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2312 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2313 defined, the board configuration must define several
2314 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2315 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002317 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2318
2319 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2320 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2321 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002322 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002323 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2324
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002325 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2326
2327 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002328 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002329
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002330- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2331
2332 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2333
2334 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2335
2336 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2337 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2338
2339 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2340
2341 Enables support for FPGA family.
2342 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2343
2344 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002346 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002348 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002350 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002352 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002354 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2355 status by the configuration function. This option
2356 will require a board or device specific function to
2357 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
2359 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2360
2361 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2362 configuration driver.
2363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002364 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002367 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002369 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2370 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2371 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2372 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002374 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002376 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2377 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2378 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002379 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002381 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002382
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002383 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002384 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002385
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002386 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002387
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002388 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002389 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002390
2391- Configuration Management:
2392 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2393
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002394 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2395 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002396
2397- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2398
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002399 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2400 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002401 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002402 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2403 protects these variables from casual modification by
2404 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2405 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002406 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407
2408 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2409 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002410 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002411 these parameters.
2412
2413 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2414 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002415 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2417 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2418 read-only.]
2419
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002420 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2421 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2422 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2423 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425- Protected RAM:
2426 CONFIG_PRAM
2427
2428 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2429 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2430 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2431 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2432 this default value by defining an environment
2433 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2434 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2435 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2436 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2437 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2438 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2439 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2440
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002441 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442 saveenv
2443
2444 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2445 either, which results in a memory region that will
2446 not be affected by reboots.
2447
2448 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2449 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2450 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2451 following board configurations are known to be
2452 "pRAM-clean":
2453
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002454 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2455 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002456 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002458- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2459 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2460 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2461 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2462 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2463 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2464 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2465
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466- Error Recovery:
2467 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2468
2469 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2470 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2471 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002472 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002473 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2474 useful during development since you can try to debug
2475 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2476
2477 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2478
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002479 This variable defines the number of retries for
2480 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2481 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2482 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002484 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2485
2486 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2487
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002488 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2489
2490 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2491 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2492 try longer timeout such as
2493 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2494
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002496 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002497
2498 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2499
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002500 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2501 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002502
2503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002504 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002505
2506 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2507 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2508 powerful command line syntax like
2509 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2510 constructs ("shell scripts").
2511
2512 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2513 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2514
2515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002516 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002517
2518 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2519 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2520 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2521
2522 Note:
2523
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002524 In the current implementation, the local variables
2525 space and global environment variables space are
2526 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2527 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2528 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2529 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2530 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002532 Global environment variables are those you use
2533 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2534 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2535 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
2537 To store commands and special characters in a
2538 variable, please use double quotation marks
2539 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2540 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2541 symbols.
2542
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002543- Commandline Editing and History:
2544 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2545
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002546 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002547 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002548
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002549- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2551
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002552 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2553 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002554 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002555
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002556 For example, place something like this in your
2557 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
2559 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2560 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2561 "myvar2=value2\0"
2562
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002563 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2564 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2565 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2566 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002567 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568 You better know what you are doing here.
2569
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002570 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2571 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002572 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002573 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002575 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2576
2577 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2578 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2579 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2580
2581 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2582
2583 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2584 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2585 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2586 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2587 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2588
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002589 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2590
2591 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2592 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2593 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2594
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002595 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2596
2597 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2598 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2599 that so that the environment is not available until
2600 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2601 this is instead controlled by the value of
2602 /config/load-environment.
2603
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002604- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002605 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2606
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002607 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2608 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2609 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002610
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002611- Serial Flash support
2612 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2613
2614 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2615 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2616
2617 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2618 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2619 commands.
2620
2621 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2622 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2623 flash is present on the system.
2624
2625 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2626 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2627 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2628 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2629
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002630 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2631
2632 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2633 test ('sf test').
2634
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302635 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2636
2637 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2638 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2639
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002640- SystemACE Support:
2641 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2642
2643 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2644 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002645 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002646 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002647
2648 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002649 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002650
2651 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2652 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2653
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002654- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2655 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2656
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002657 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002658 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002659 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002660 number generator is used.
2661
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002662 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2663 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2664 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2665
2666 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002667 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2668 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2669 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2670 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2671 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2672 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2673
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002674- Hashing support:
2675 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2676
2677 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2678 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2679
2680 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2681
2682 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2683 size a little.
2684
2685 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2686 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2687
2688 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2689 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2690
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002691- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2692 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2693 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2694 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2695
2696 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2697 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2698 a boot from specific media.
2699
2700 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2701 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2702 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2703 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2704 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2705
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002706- Signing support:
2707 CONFIG_RSA
2708
2709 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2710 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2711
2712 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2713 option.
2714
2715
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002716- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002717 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2718
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002719 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2720 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2721 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2722 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2723 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2724 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002726- Detailed boot stage timing
2727 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2728 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2729 of the boot process.
2730
2731 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2732 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2733 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2734 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2735 the limit, recording will stop.
2736
2737 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2738 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2739
2740 Timer summary in microseconds:
2741 Mark Elapsed Stage
2742 0 0 reset
2743 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2744 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2745 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2746 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2747 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2748 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2749 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2750
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002751 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2752 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2753 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2754
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002755 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2756 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2757 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2758 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2759 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2760 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2761 For example:
2762
2763 bootstage {
2764 154 {
2765 name = "board_init_f";
2766 mark = <3575678>;
2767 };
2768 170 {
2769 name = "lcd";
2770 accum = <33482>;
2771 };
2772 };
2773
2774 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2775
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002776Legacy uImage format:
2777
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778 Arg Where When
2779 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002780 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002781 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002782 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002784 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002785 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2786 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2787 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002788 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2790 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2791 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2792 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002793 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002794 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002795
2796 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2797 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2798 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2799 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2800 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2801 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2802 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002803 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002804 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2805 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2806
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002807 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002809 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002810 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2811 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002812
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002813 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2814 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2815 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2816 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2817 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2818 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2819 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2820 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2821 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2822 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2823 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2824 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2825 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2826 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2827 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2828 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2829 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2830 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2831 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2832 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2833 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2834 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2835 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2836 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2837 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2838 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2839 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2840 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2841 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2842 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2843 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2844 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2845 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2846 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2847 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2848 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2849 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2850 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2851 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2852 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2853 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2854 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2855 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2856 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2857 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2858 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2859 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002861 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002863 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002864 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2865 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002866
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002867 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2868 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002869 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002870 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2871 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2872 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002873 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2874 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002875 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002876
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002877FIT uImage format:
2878
2879 Arg Where When
2880 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2881 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2882 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2883 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2884 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2885 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002886 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002887 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2888 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2889 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2890 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2891 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002892 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2893 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002894 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2895 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2896 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2897 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2898 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2899 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2900 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2901 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2902
2903 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2904 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2905 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002906 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002907 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2908 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2909 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2910 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2911 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2912 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2913 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2914 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2915 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2916 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2917 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2918 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2919
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002920 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002921 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2922
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002923 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002924 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2925
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002926 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002927 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2928
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002929- FIT image support:
2930 CONFIG_FIT
2931 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2932
2933 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2934 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2935 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2936 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2937 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2938 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2939
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002940 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2941 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2942 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2943 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2944
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002945- Standalone program support:
2946 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2947
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002948 This option defines a board specific value for the
2949 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2950 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002951 settings.
2952
2953- Frame Buffer Address:
2954 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2955
2956 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002957 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2958 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2959 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2960 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2961 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2962 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2963 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002964
2965 Please see board_init_f function.
2966
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002967- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2968 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2969 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2970 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2971
2972 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2973 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2974
2975- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2976 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2977
2978 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2979 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2980
2981 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2982
2983 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2984 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2985
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002986- UBI support
2987 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2988
2989 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2990 with the UBI flash translation layer
2991
2992 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2993
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002994 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2995
2996 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2997 warnings and errors enabled.
2998
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002999- UBIFS support
3000 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3001
3002 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3003 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3004
3005 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3006
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003007 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3008
3009 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3010 warnings and errors enabled.
3011
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003012- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003013 CONFIG_SPL
3014 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003015
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003016 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3017 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3018
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003019 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3020 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3021 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3022 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003023 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003024 must not be both defined at the same time.
3025
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003026 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003027 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3028 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3029 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3030 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003031
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003032 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3033 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003034
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003035 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3036 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3037 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3038
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003039 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3040 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3041
3042 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003043 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3044 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3045 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003046 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003047 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003048
3049 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3050 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3051
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003052 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3053 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3054 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3055 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3056
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003057 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3058 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3059
3060 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3061 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003062
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003063 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3064 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3065 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3066 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3067
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003068 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3069 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3070 about the running system.
3071
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003072 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3073 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3074
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003075 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3076 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003077
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003078 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3079 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003080
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003081 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3082 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003083
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003084 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3085 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003086
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003087 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3088 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003089
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003090 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3091 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3092 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3093 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3094 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3095
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003096 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3097 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3098 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3099
3100 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3101 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3102 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3103 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3104 (for falcon mode)
3105
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003106 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3107 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3108
3109 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3110 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3111
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003112 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3113 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3114 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3115
3116 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3117 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3118 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3119
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003120 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3121 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3122 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3123 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3124 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3125
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003126 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3127 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3128 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3129
3130 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3131 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3132
3133 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3134 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3135
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003136 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003137 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3138 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003139
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003140 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3141 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3142 arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xxx/ddr/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3143
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003144 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3145 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3146 SPL binary.
3147
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003148 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3149 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3150 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3151 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3152 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3153 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003154 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003155
3156 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003157 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3158
3159 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3160 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3161
3162 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3163 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003164
3165 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003166 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003167
3168 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3169 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3170 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3171
3172 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3173 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3174 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3175
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003176 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3177 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003178
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003179 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3180 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003181
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003182 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3183 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003184
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003185 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3186 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3187
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003188 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3189 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003190
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003191 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3192 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3193
3194 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3195 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3196 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3197 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3198
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003199 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003200 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3201 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3202 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3203 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3204 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003205
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003206 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3207 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3208 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3209 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3210
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003211 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3212 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3213 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3214 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3215 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3216
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003217- TPL framework
3218 CONFIG_TPL
3219 Enable building of TPL globally.
3220
3221 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3222 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3223 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003224 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3225 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3226 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003227
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003228Modem Support:
3229--------------
3230
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003231[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003232
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003233- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003234 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3235
3236- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3237 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3238
3239- Modem debug support:
3240 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3241
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003242 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3243 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003244
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003245- Interrupt support (PPC):
3246
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003247 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3248 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003249 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003250 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003251 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003252 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003253 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003254 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3255 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3256 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003257
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258- General:
3259
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003260 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3261 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3262 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003263 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003264 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3265 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3266 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003267
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003268 If there are no modem init strings in the
3269 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3270 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003271 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003272
3273 See also: doc/README.Modem
3274
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003275Board initialization settings:
3276------------------------------
3277
3278During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3279to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3280before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3281following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3282architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3283typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3284
3285- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3286- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3287- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3288- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290Configuration Settings:
3291-----------------------
3292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003293- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003294 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3295
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003296- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3297 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003299- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003300 prompt for user input.
3301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003302- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003304- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003306- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003308- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003309 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3310 booted
3311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003312- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003313 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003315- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003316 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003318- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003319 If the board specific function
3320 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3321 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003324- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003325 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003327- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003330- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003331 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3332 simple memory test.
3333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003335 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003338 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3339 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003341- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3342 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003343 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003344 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003345 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3346 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3347 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003348 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003349 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003350 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003351
3352 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3353 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3354 be touched.
3355
3356 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3357 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3358 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3359 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3360 problems.
3361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003365- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3370 Cogent motherboard)
3371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003372- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003373 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003375- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003376 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3377 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003378 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003379 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003381- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003382 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3383 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3384 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3385 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003386
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003387- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003388 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3389
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003390- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003391 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3392 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003393 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003394 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003396- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3398 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003399 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3400 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003401 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003402 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003403 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003404 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3405 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3406 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003408- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3409 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3410 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3411 is enabled.
3412
3413- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3414 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3415 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3416
3417- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3418 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3419 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003421- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003422 Max number of Flash memory banks
3423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003424- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003427- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003430- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003433- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003434 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003436- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003437 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003439- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003440 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3441 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003443- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444
3445 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3446 without this option such a download has to be
3447 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3448 copy from RAM to flash.
3449
3450 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3451 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003452 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3453 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3455
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003456- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003457 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003458 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003460- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003461 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3462 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003464- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3465 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3466 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3467 to the MTD layer.
3468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003469- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003470 Use buffered writes to flash.
3471
3472- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3473 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3474 write commands.
3475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003477 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3478 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3479 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3480 optionally available.
3481
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003482- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3483 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3484 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3485 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3486
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003487- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3488 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3489 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3490 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3491 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3492 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3493 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3494 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003496- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003497 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3498 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003499 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3500 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003501 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003502 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3503
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003504- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3505
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003506 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3507 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3508 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3509 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3510 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003511
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003512- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3513- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003514 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003515 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3516 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3517 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3518
3519 The format of the list is:
3520 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003521 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3522 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003523 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3524 list = entry[,list]
3525
3526 The type attributes are:
3527 s - String (default)
3528 d - Decimal
3529 x - Hexadecimal
3530 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3531 i - IP address
3532 m - MAC address
3533
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003534 The access attributes are:
3535 a - Any (default)
3536 r - Read-only
3537 o - Write-once
3538 c - Change-default
3539
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003540 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3541 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3542 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3543
3544 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3545 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3546 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3547 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3548 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3549 ".flags" variable.
3550
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003551- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3552 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3553 access flags.
3554
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003555- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3556 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3557 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3558 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3559 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3560 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3561 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3562 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3563 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3564
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003565- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3566 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3567 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3568 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3569 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3570
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003571- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3572 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3573 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3574 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003575
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3577of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3578following configurations:
3579
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003580- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3581
3582 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3583 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003585- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003586
3587 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3588
3589 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3590 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3591 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3592 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3593 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3594 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3595 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3596 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3597 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3598 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3599 between U-Boot and the environment.
3600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003601 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
3603 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3604 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3605 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3606 for this sector is given here.
3607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003608 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003610 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003611
3612 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3613 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003614 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003616 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617
3618 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3619
3620
3621 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3622 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3623 the environment.
3624
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003625 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003627 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003628 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3630 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3631
3632 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3633 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3634 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3635 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3636 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3637 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3638 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3639 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3640 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003642 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3643 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003644
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003645 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003646 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003647 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003648 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649
3650BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3651source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3652accordingly!
3653
3654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003655- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
3657 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3658 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3659 environment.
3660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003661 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3662 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003664 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3666 can just be read and written to, without any special
3667 provision.
3668
3669BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3670in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003671console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672U-Boot will hang.
3673
3674Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3675environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3676keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3677to save the current settings.
3678
3679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003680- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
3682 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3683 device and a driver for it.
3684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003685 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3686 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687
3688 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3689 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3693 The default address is zero.
3694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003695 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003696 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3697 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3698 would require six bits.
3699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003700 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003702 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003704 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3706 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003708 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003709 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3710 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3711 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3712 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3713 byte chips.
3714
3715 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3716 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3717 in the chip address.
3718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003719 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003720 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3721
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003722 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3723 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3724 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3725
3726 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3727 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3728 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3729 EEPROM. For example:
3730
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003731 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003732
3733 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3734 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003736- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003737
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003738 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003739 want to use for the environment.
3740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003741 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3742 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3743 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003744
3745 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3746 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3747 at the specified address.
3748
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003749- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3750
3751 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3752 want to use for the local device's environment.
3753
3754 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3755 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3756
3757 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3758 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3759 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003760 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003761
3762BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3763"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003764environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3765but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003767- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003768
3769 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3770 for the environment.
3771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003772 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3773 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003774
3775 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003776 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3777 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003778
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003779 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003781 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003782 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3783 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003784 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003785 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003786
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003787 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3788
3789 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3790 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3791 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3792 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3793 the range to be avoided.
3794
3795 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3796
3797 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3798 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3799 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3800 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3801 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003802
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003803- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3804
3805 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3806 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3807 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3808
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003809- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3810
3811 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3812 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3813 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3814
3815 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3816
3817 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3818
3819 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3820
3821 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3822 environment in.
3823
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003824 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3825
3826 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3827 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3828 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3829
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003830 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3831 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3832
3833 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3834 when storing the env in UBI.
3835
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003836- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3837
3838 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3839 environment.
3840
3841 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3842
3843 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3844
3845 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3846
3847 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3848 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3849 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3850
3851 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3852 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3853
3854 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3855 area within the specified MMC device.
3856
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003857 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3858 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3859 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3860 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3861 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3862 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3863 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3864
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003865 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3866 MMC sector boundary.
3867
3868 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3869
3870 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3871 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3872 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3873 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3874
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003875 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3876 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3877
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003878 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3879 an MMC sector boundary.
3880
3881 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3882
3883 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3884 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3885 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
3889 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3890 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3891 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3892 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3893 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3894 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3895 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3896
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003897Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003899created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003900until then to read environment variables.
3901
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003902The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3903is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3904with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3905necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3906"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3907have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908
3909Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3910the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003911use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003914 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003917 also needs to be defined.
3918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003920 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003922- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3923 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3924 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3925 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3926 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3927 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3928
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003929- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3930 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3931 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3932 to do this.
3933
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003934- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3935 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3936 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3937 present.
3938
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003940---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003942- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003945- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003947
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003948 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3949 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3950 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003952- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3953 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3954 PowerPC SOCs.
3955
3956- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3957 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3958 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3959
3960 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3961 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3962
3963- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3964 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3965 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003966 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003967 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3968 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3969 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3970
3971 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3972 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3973
3974- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003975 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3976 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003977 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3978 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3979
3980- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3981 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3982 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3983 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3984
3985- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3986 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3987 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3988
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003989- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003990 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003991
3992 the default drive number (default value 0)
3993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003994 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003995
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003996 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003997 (default value 1)
3998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003999 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004000
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004001 defines the offset of register from address. It
4002 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004003 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004005 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4006 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004007 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004009 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004010 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4011 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4012 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4013 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004014
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004015- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4016 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4017 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4018 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4019 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4020 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4021 is requierd.
4022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004023- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004024 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004025 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004027- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004029 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004030 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4031 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4032 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4033 will become available only after programming the
4034 memory controller and running certain initialization
4035 sequences.
4036
4037 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4038 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4039 - MPC824X: data cache
4040 - PPC4xx: data cache
4041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004042- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
4044 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004045 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4046 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004048 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004049 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4050 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4051 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004052
4053 Note:
4054 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4055 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004056 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4058 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004060- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004062- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004064- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004066- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004068- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004070- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004072- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004073 SDRAM timing
4074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004075- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004076 periodic timer for refresh
4077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004078- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004080- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4081 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4082 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4083 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4085
4086- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004087 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4088 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004091- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4092 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004093 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4094 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004096- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4098 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004100- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004101 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4102 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004104- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4106 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004108- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4110 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4111 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004113- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004114 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4115 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4116 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4117 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4120 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4121 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4122 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4123 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4124 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4125 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4126 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004127 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004128
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004129- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4130 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4131 required.
4132
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004133- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4134 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4135 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4136 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4137 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4138 by coreboot or similar.
4139
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004140- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4141 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4142
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004143- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4144 Chip has SRIO or not
4145
4146- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4147 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4148
4149- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4150 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4151
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004152- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4153 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4154
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004155- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4156 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4157
4158- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4159 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4160
4161- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4162 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4163
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004164- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4165 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4166 a 16 bit bus.
4167 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004168 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004169 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004170 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004171
4172- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4173 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4174 a default value will be used.
4175
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004176- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004177 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4178 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4179
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004180 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4181 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004183- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004184 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4185 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4186 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004187
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004188- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4189 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4190 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4191 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4192 header files or board specific files.
4193
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004194- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4195 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004197- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004198 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4199 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004200
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004201- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4202 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4203
4204- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4205 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004206 to the given FEC; i. e.
4207 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004208 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4209
4210 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4211
4212- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4213 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4214 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4215
4216- CONFIG_RMII
4217 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4218 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4219 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4220
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004221- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4222 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4223 The syntax is:
4224
4225 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4226
4227 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4228 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4229 area should have.
4230
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004231- CONFIG_LOOPW
4232 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004233 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004234
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004235- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4236 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4237 "md/mw" commands.
4238 Examples:
4239
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004240 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004241 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4242
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004243 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004244 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4245
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004246 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004247 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004248
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004249- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004250 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004251 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4252 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4253 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004254
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004255 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4256 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4257 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4258 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004259
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004260- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004261 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4262 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4263 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004264
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004265- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4266 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4267 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4268 It is loaded by the SPL.
4269
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004270- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4271 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4272 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4273 previous 4k of the .text section.
4274
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004275- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4276 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4277 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4278 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4279 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4280 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4281 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4282 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4283
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004284- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4285 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4286 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4287 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4288 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4289
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004290- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4291 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4292 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004293
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004294- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4295 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4296
4297 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004298
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004299Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4300-----------------------------------
4301
4302The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4303loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4304This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4305are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4306within that device.
4307
4308- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4309 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4310 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4311 is also specified.
4312
4313- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4314 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4315 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4316 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4317 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4318
4319- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4320 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4321 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4322 virtual address in NOR flash.
4323
4324- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4325 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4326 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4327
4328- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4329 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4330 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4331
4332- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4333 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4334 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4335
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004336- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4337 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4338 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004339 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4340 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4341 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004343Building the Software:
4344======================
4345
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004346Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4347and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4348all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4349(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4350recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4351which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004353If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4354have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4355you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4356Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4357necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004359 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4360 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004362Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4363 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4364 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4365 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4366
4367 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4368
4369 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4370 be executed on computers running Windows.
4371
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004372U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4373sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004374is done by typing:
4375
4376 make NAME_config
4377
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004378where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004379rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4382 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4383 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4384 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004385 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387 make TQM823L_config
4388 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4391 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4397images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4400- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4401- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004403By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4404in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4405this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4406
44071. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4408
4409 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4410 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4411 make O=/tmp/build all
4412
44132. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4414
4415 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4416 make distclean
4417 make NAME_config
4418 make all
4419
4420Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4421variable.
4422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4425for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4426native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004427
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004429If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4430to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4431steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000044331. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004434 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4435 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000044362. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4437 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4438 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
44393. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4440 your board
44413. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4442 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
44434. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
44445. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4445 to be installed on your target system.
44466. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4447 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4451==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004452
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004453If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4454or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004455provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4456the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004457official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004459But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4460cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004461the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4462just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004463for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4464select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4465environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4466you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004472 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004474When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4475U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4476setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4477built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4478<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4479location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4480variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004481
4482 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4483 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4484 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4485
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004486With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4487log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4488during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004489
4490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004491See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494Monitor Commands - Overview:
4495============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004497go - start application at address 'addr'
4498run - run commands in an environment variable
4499bootm - boot application image from memory
4500bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004501bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4503 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4504 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004505tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4507diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4508loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4509loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4510md - memory display
4511mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4512nm - memory modify (constant address)
4513mw - memory write (fill)
4514cp - memory copy
4515cmp - memory compare
4516crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004517i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518sspi - SPI utility commands
4519base - print or set address offset
4520printenv- print environment variables
4521setenv - set environment variables
4522saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4523protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4524erase - erase FLASH memory
4525flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004526nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4528iminfo - print header information for application image
4529coninfo - print console devices and informations
4530ide - IDE sub-system
4531loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004532loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533mtest - simple RAM test
4534icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4535dcache - enable or disable data cache
4536reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4537echo - echo args to console
4538version - print monitor version
4539help - print online help
4540? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4544========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
4550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551Environment Variables:
4552======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4555can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4558"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4559without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4560environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4561working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4562environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004564Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4565
4566List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004576 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004578 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4579 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4580 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4581 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4582 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4583 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004584 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4585 bootm_mapsize.
4586
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004587 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004588 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4589 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4590 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4591 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4592 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4593 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004594
4595 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4596 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4597 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4598 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4599 environment variable.
4600
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004601 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4602 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4603 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4606 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4607 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4608 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4611 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4612 be automatically started (by internally calling
4613 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4616 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4617 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4618 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4619 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004621 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4622 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004623 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4624 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4625 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4626 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4627 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4628 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4629 access it during the boot procedure.
4630
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004631 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4632 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4633 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4634 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4635 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4636 must be accessible by the kernel.
4637
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004638 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4639 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4640 defined.
4641
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004642 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4643 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4644 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4645 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4646 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4649 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4650 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4651 is usually what you want since it allows for
4652 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4653 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004654 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4656 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4657 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4658 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4661 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4662 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4663 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4664 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4665 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4670 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4671 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4672 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4673 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4674 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4675 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4680 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004684 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004692 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004694 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4695 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004696
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004697 => setenv ethact FEC
4698 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4699 => setenv ethact SCC
4700 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004702 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4703 available network interfaces.
4704 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4705
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004706 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004707 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4708 When set to "once" the network operation will
4709 fail when all the available network interfaces
4710 are tried once without success.
4711 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4712 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004714 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004715
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004716 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4717 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4718 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4719 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4720 is silent.
4721
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004722 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004723 UDP source port.
4724
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004725 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4726 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4727
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004728 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4729 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4730
4731 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4732 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4733 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4734 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4735 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4736 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4737 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4738
4739 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004740 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004742
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004743The following image location variables contain the location of images
4744used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4745not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4746variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4747server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4748loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4749flash or offset in NAND flash.
4750
4751*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4752boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4753boards use these variables for other purposes.
4754
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004755Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4756----- --------- ----------- --------------
4757u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4758Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4759device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4760ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4763updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4764depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 bootfile - see above
4767 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4768 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4769 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4770 hostname - Target hostname
4771 ipaddr - see above
4772 netmask - Subnet Mask
4773 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4774 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004775
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4780 as type string and/or serial number
4781 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4784the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4785once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
4787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4791 with the "version" command. This variable is
4792 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4796only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004798
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004799Callback functions for environment variables:
4800---------------------------------------------
4801
4802For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4803when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4804be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4805deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4806effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4807
4808The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4809U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4810
4811These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4812static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4813in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4814associations. The list must be in the following format:
4815
4816 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4817 list = entry[,list]
4818
4819If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4820Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4821
4822Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4823with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4824override any association in the static list. You can define
4825CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4826".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4827
4828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829Command Line Parsing:
4830=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4833the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835Old, simple command line parser:
4836--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4839- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004840- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4842 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004843 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4845 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847Hush shell:
4848-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4851 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4852 until...do...done, ...
4853- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4854 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4855 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4856 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858General rules:
4859--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4862 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4863 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4864 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004867 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4869 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4872=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004873
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004874Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4876"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4879MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4880"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004882If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4883in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4884ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4885variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4888 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4891 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4892 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4895 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4898 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4899 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4902 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004904If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004905will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004906may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4907The naming convention is as follows:
4908"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910Image Formats:
4911==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004913U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4914images in two formats:
4915
4916New uImage format (FIT)
4917-----------------------
4918
4919Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4920to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4921components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4922SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4923
4924
4925Old uImage format
4926-----------------
4927
4928Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4929preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4930details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4933 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004934 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4935 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4936 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004937* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004938 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4939 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004940* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4941* Load Address
4942* Entry Point
4943* Image Name
4944* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4947and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4948CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004949
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951Linux Support:
4952==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4955easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4956U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4959special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4960"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4961instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4962serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4965 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4966 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4969 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4972 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4973 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4974 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4975 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4976 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979Linux HOWTO:
4980============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4983---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4986configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4987(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4988Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004990But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4993include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004994Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4995and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004996as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999Configuring the Linux kernel:
5000-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5003device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006Building a Linux Image:
5007-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5010not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5011"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5012U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5013which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5014100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005015
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005016Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018 make TQM850L_config
5019 make oldconfig
5020 make dep
5021 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5024encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5025CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5032 -R .note -R .comment \
5033 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5042 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5043 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005044
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5047with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5048combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5049byte header containing information about target architecture,
5050operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5051stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5054print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5057contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5058checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060 tools/mkimage -l image
5061 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5064from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5067 -n name -d data_file image
5068 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5069 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5070 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5071 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5072 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5073 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5074 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5075 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005076
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005077Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5078address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5079kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5082- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5087 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005088 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5090 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5091 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5092 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5093 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5094 Load Address: 0x00000000
5095 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5100 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5101 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5102 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5103 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5104 Load Address: 0x00000000
5105 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5108speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5109needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5110need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005112 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5114 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005115 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5117 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5118 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5119 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5120 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5121 Load Address: 0x00000000
5122 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5126when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5129 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5130 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5131 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5132 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5133 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5134 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5135 Load Address: 0x00000000
5136 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005137
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005138
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139Installing a Linux Image:
5140-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5143you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005145 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005147The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5148image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5149address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5150specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5151command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5154TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158 .......... done
5159 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161 => loads 40100000
5162 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5163 ~>examples/image.srec
5164 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5165 ...
5166 15989 15990 15991 15992
5167 [file transfer complete]
5168 [connected]
5169 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
5171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005173this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5179 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5180 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5181 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5182 Load Address: 00000000
5183 Entry Point: 0000000c
5184 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
5186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187Boot Linux:
5188-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5191memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5192of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5193parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5194"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
5196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 => printenv bootargs
5198 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202 => printenv bootargs
5203 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205 => bootm 40020000
5206 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5207 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5208 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5209 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5210 Load Address: 00000000
5211 Entry Point: 0000000c
5212 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5213 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5214 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5215 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5216 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5217 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5218 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5219 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005221If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5223format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005224
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005225 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5228 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5229 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5230 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5231 Load Address: 00000000
5232 Entry Point: 0000000c
5233 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5236 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5237 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5238 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5239 Load Address: 00000000
5240 Entry Point: 00000000
5241 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5244 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5245 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5246 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5247 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5248 Load Address: 00000000
5249 Entry Point: 0000000c
5250 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5251 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5252 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5253 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5254 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5255 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5256 Load Address: 00000000
5257 Entry Point: 00000000
5258 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5259 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5260 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5261 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5262 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5263 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5264 ...
5265 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5266 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005270Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5271-----------
5272
5273First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5274titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5275following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5276flat device tree:
5277
5278=> print oftaddr
5279oftaddr=0x300000
5280=> print oft
5281oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5282=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5283Speed: 1000, full duplex
5284Using TSEC0 device
5285TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5286Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5287Load address: 0x300000
5288Loading: #
5289done
5290Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5291=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5292Speed: 1000, full duplex
5293Using TSEC0 device
5294TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5295Filename 'uImage'.
5296Load address: 0x200000
5297Loading:############
5298done
5299Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5300=> print loadaddr
5301loadaddr=200000
5302=> print oftaddr
5303oftaddr=0x300000
5304=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5305## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005306 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5307 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5308 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005309 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005310 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005311 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5312 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5313Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5314Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5315Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5316[snip]
5317
5318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319More About U-Boot Image Types:
5320------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5325 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5326 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5327 the Standalone Program.
5328 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5329 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5330 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5331 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5332 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5333 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5334 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5335 being started.
5336 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5337 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5338 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5339 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5340 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5341 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5344 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5345 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5346 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5347 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5348 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5351 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5352 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5355 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5356 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5357 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005358
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005359Booting the Linux zImage:
5360-------------------------
5361
5362On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5363using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5364as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5365
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005366Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005367kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5368address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5369format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5370
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372Standalone HOWTO:
5373=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5376run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5377U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381"Hello World" Demo:
5382-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5385application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5386It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5387like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005389 => loads
5390 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5391 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5392 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5393 [file transfer complete]
5394 [connected]
5395 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5398 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5399 Hello World
5400 argc = 7
5401 argv[0] = "40004"
5402 argv[1] = "Hello"
5403 argv[2] = "World!"
5404 argv[3] = "This"
5405 argv[4] = "is"
5406 argv[5] = "a"
5407 argv[6] = "test."
5408 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5409 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5414handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5415Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5416The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5417character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5418controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5421 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5422 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5423 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 => loads
5426 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5427 ~>examples/timer.srec
5428 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5429 [file transfer complete]
5430 [connected]
5431 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433 => go 40004
5434 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5435 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5436 Using timer 1
5437 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439Hit 'b':
5440 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5441 Enabling timer
5442Hit '?':
5443 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5444 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5445Hit '?':
5446 [q, b, e, ?] .
5447 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5448Hit '?':
5449 [q, b, e, ?] .
5450 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5451Hit '?':
5452 [q, b, e, ?] .
5453 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5454Hit 'e':
5455 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5456Hit 'q':
5457 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
5459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005460Minicom warning:
5461================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005463Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5464"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5465consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5466Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5467especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005468use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5469http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5470for help with kermit.
5471
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5474configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5477 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5478 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005479
5480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481NetBSD Notes:
5482=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5485(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005487Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5488NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5489need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5490Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5491attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5492missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005493
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005494 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5495 # mkdir powerpc
5496 # ln -s powerpc machine
5497 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5498 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5501and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5504stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5505proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5506tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005507meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
5509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510Implementation Internals:
5511=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5514implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5515inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5516hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005517
5518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005519Initial Stack, Global Data:
5520---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5523starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5524system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5525This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5526is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5527at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5528options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5529models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5530MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5531locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005533 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005534 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5537 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5538 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5539 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005541 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5542 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5543 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5544 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5545 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005546 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005547 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5548 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5551 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005552 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5554 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5555 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5556 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005558 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5560 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005561 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005562 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5563 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5564 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5565 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5566 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568 -Chris Hallinan
5569 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5572code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5575 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005577* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5579 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5582 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5585normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5586turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5587simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5588functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5589functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5590the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5591place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5592reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5595relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5596GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5599 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005600 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005601 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5602 R5-R10: parameter passing
5603 R13: small data area pointer
5604 R30: GOT pointer
5605 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005606
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005607 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5608 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5609 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005611 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5614 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5615 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5616 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5617 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5618 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005620On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005621 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5622
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005623 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627 R0: function argument word/integer result
5628 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005629 R9: platform specific
5630 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5632 R12: temporary workspace
5633 R13: stack pointer
5634 R14: link register
5635 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005637 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5638
5639 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005641On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5642 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5643
5644 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5645
5646 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5647 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5648
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005649On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5650
5651 R0-R1: argument/return
5652 R2-R5: argument
5653 R15: temporary register for assembler
5654 R16: trampoline register
5655 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5656 R29: global pointer (GP)
5657 R30: link register (LP)
5658 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5659 PC: program counter (PC)
5660
5661 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5662
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005663NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5664or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666Memory Management:
5667------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5670MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5673controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5674memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5675physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005677U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5678TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5679booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5680to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005681memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5683Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5686of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5689this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005691 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5692 :
5693 0x0000 1FFF
5694 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5695 :
5696 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698 :
5699 :
5700 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5701 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5702 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5703 :
5704 0x00FD FFFF
5705 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5706 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5707 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5708 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
5710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711System Initialization:
5712----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005715(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5717To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5718To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5719initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5720which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5721part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5722the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5725preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5726(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5727on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5728programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5729simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5730banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5733different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5734bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
57350x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5736contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5739and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5740Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5741pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005743Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5744until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5745running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5746new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
5748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749U-Boot Porting Guide:
5750----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5753list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005754
5755
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005756int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757{
5758 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005759
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005760 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5761 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005764 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765 return 0;
5766 }
5767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768 Download latest U-Boot source;
5769
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005770 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005772 if (clueless)
5773 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775 while (learning) {
5776 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005777 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5778 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005780 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005781 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005783 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5784 Buy a BDI3000;
5785 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005787
5788 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5789 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5790 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5791 } else {
5792 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5793 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005795 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5796 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005798 while (!accepted) {
5799 while (!running) {
5800 do {
5801 Add / modify source code;
5802 } until (compiles);
5803 Debug;
5804 if (clueless)
5805 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5806 }
5807 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5808 if (reasonable critiques)
5809 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5810 else
5811 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814 return 0;
5815}
5816
5817void no_more_time (int sig)
5818{
5819 hire_a_guru();
5820}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005821
5822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823Coding Standards:
5824-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005827coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005828"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005830Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5831MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5832reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5833sources.
5834
5835Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5836Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5837in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005838
5839Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5840- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005841- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005843- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5845
5846Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5847with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005848
5849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850Submitting Patches:
5851-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005852
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005853Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5854establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5855may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005856
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005857Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005858
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005859Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5860see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005862When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5863it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005865* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5866 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5867 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005869* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5870 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005872* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5873
5874* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5875
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005876* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5877 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878
5879* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5880 document these in the README file.
5881
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005882* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5883 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005884 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005885 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5886 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005888 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5889 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5890 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005891
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005892 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5893 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5894 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5895 affected files).
5896
5897 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5898 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899
5900* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5901 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5902
5903* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5904 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5905
5906
5907Notes:
5908
5909* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5910 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5911 for any of the boards.
5912
5913* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5914 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5915 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5916
5917* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5918 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5919 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5920 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5921 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5922 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005923
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005924* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5925 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5926 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5927 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.